* config/tc-hppa.h (DWARF2_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT): Wrap negative number
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf.c
blobce9aa8081e60fc0ba3a266a3432c9d37253e6d20
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
229 bfd_boolean
230 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
232 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
234 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
235 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
236 return FALSE;
239 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
241 return TRUE;
244 bfd_boolean
245 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
247 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
248 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
251 char *
252 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
254 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
255 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
256 file_ptr offset;
257 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
259 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
260 if (i_shdrp == 0
261 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
262 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
263 return NULL;
265 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
266 if (shstrtab == NULL)
268 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
269 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
270 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
272 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
273 in case the string table is not terminated. */
274 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
275 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
276 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
277 shstrtab = NULL;
278 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
280 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
282 shstrtab = NULL;
284 else
285 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
286 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
288 return (char *) shstrtab;
291 char *
292 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
293 unsigned int shindex,
294 unsigned int strindex)
296 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
298 if (strindex == 0)
299 return "";
301 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
302 return NULL;
304 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
306 if (hdr->contents == NULL
307 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
308 return NULL;
310 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
312 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
313 (*_bfd_error_handler)
314 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
315 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
316 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
317 ? ".shstrtab"
318 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
319 return "";
322 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
325 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
326 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
327 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
328 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
329 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
331 Elf_Internal_Sym *
332 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
333 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
334 size_t symcount,
335 size_t symoffset,
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
337 void *extsym_buf,
338 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
340 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
341 void *alloc_ext;
342 const bfd_byte *esym;
343 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
344 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
345 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
346 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
347 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
348 size_t extsym_size;
349 bfd_size_type amt;
350 file_ptr pos;
352 if (symcount == 0)
353 return intsym_buf;
355 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
356 shndx_hdr = NULL;
357 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
358 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
360 /* Read the symbols. */
361 alloc_ext = NULL;
362 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
363 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
364 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
365 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
366 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
367 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
369 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
370 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
372 if (extsym_buf == NULL
373 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
374 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
376 intsym_buf = NULL;
377 goto out;
380 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
381 extshndx_buf = NULL;
382 else
384 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
385 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
386 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
388 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
389 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
390 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
392 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
393 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
394 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
396 intsym_buf = NULL;
397 goto out;
401 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
403 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
404 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
405 goto out;
408 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
409 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
410 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
411 isym < isymend;
412 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
413 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
415 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
416 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
417 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
418 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
419 intsym_buf = NULL;
420 goto out;
423 out:
424 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
425 free (alloc_ext);
426 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
427 free (alloc_extshndx);
429 return intsym_buf;
432 /* Look up a symbol name. */
433 const char *
434 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
435 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
436 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
437 asection *sym_sec)
439 const char *name;
440 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
441 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
443 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
444 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
445 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
446 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
448 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
449 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
452 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
453 if (name == NULL)
454 name = "(null)";
455 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
456 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
458 return name;
461 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
462 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
463 pointers. */
465 typedef union elf_internal_group {
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
467 unsigned int flags;
468 } Elf_Internal_Group;
470 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
471 signature just a string? */
473 static const char *
474 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
477 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
478 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
479 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
481 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
482 that it is a symbol table section. */
483 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
484 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
485 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
486 return NULL;
488 /* Go read the symbol. */
489 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
490 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
491 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
492 return NULL;
494 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
497 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
499 static bfd_boolean
500 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
502 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
504 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
505 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
506 if (num_group == 0)
508 unsigned int i, shnum;
510 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
511 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
512 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
513 num_group = 0;
515 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
516 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
517 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
518 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
519 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
521 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
525 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
526 num_group += 1;
529 if (num_group == 0)
531 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
532 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
534 else
536 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
537 so we can find them quickly. */
538 bfd_size_type amt;
540 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
541 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
542 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
543 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
544 return FALSE;
546 num_group = 0;
547 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
551 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
553 unsigned char *src;
554 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
556 /* Add to list of sections. */
557 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
558 num_group += 1;
560 /* Read the raw contents. */
561 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
562 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
563 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
564 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
565 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
566 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
568 _bfd_error_handler
569 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
571 return FALSE;
574 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
576 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
577 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
578 != shdr->sh_size))
579 return FALSE;
581 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
582 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
583 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
584 pointers. */
585 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
586 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
587 while (1)
589 unsigned int idx;
591 src -= 4;
592 --dest;
593 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
594 if (src == shdr->contents)
596 dest->flags = idx;
597 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
598 shdr->bfd_section->flags
599 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
600 break;
602 if (idx >= shnum)
604 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
605 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
606 idx = 0;
608 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
615 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
617 unsigned int i;
619 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
622 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
623 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
625 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
626 section is a member. */
627 while (--n_elt != 0)
628 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
630 asection *s = NULL;
632 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
633 other members to see if any others are linked via
634 next_in_group. */
635 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
636 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
637 while (--n_elt != 0)
638 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
639 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
640 break;
641 if (n_elt != 0)
643 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
644 insert current section in circular list. */
645 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
646 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
647 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
649 else
651 const char *gname;
653 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
654 if (gname == NULL)
655 return FALSE;
656 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
658 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
659 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
662 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
663 new member. */
664 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
665 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
667 i = num_group - 1;
668 break;
673 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
675 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
676 abfd, newsect);
678 return TRUE;
681 bfd_boolean
682 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
684 unsigned int i;
685 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
686 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
687 asection *s;
689 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
690 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
692 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
693 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
695 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
696 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
697 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
698 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
699 if (elfsec == 0)
701 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
702 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
703 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
704 bed->link_order_error_handler
705 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
706 abfd, s);
708 else
710 asection *link;
712 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
714 /* PR 1991, 2008:
715 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
716 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
717 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
718 if (link == NULL)
720 (*_bfd_error_handler)
721 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
722 s->owner, s, elfsec);
723 result = FALSE;
726 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
731 /* Process section groups. */
732 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
733 return result;
735 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
737 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
738 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
739 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
741 while (--n_elt != 0)
742 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
743 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
744 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
745 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
746 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
747 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
748 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
749 relocation sections are in section group in input object
750 files. */
751 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
752 else
754 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
757 abfd,
758 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
759 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
760 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
761 ->e_shstrndx),
762 idx->shdr->sh_name),
763 shdr->bfd_section->name);
764 result = FALSE;
767 return result;
770 bfd_boolean
771 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
773 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
776 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
777 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
779 bfd_boolean
780 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
782 const char *name,
783 int shindex)
785 asection *newsect;
786 flagword flags;
787 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
789 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
791 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
792 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
793 return TRUE;
796 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
797 if (newsect == NULL)
798 return FALSE;
800 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
801 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
802 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
804 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
805 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
806 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
808 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
810 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
811 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
812 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
813 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
814 return FALSE;
816 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
817 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
818 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
819 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
820 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
821 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
823 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
824 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
825 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
827 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
828 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
829 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
830 flags |= SEC_CODE;
831 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
832 flags |= SEC_DATA;
833 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
835 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
836 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
837 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
838 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
840 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
841 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
842 return FALSE;
843 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
844 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
846 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
848 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
849 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
850 static const struct
852 const char *name;
853 int len;
854 } debug_sections [] =
856 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
857 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
858 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
859 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
860 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
861 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
862 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
863 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
864 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
865 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
866 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
867 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
868 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
869 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
870 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
871 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
874 if (name [0] == '.')
876 int i = name [1] - 'd';
877 if (i >= 0
878 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
879 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
880 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
881 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
882 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
886 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
887 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
888 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
889 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
890 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
891 all but one of the sections. */
892 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
893 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
894 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
896 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
897 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
898 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
899 return FALSE;
901 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
902 return FALSE;
904 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
905 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
906 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
907 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
909 char *contents;
911 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
912 if (!contents)
913 return FALSE;
915 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
916 hdr->sh_size)
917 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
919 free (contents);
920 return FALSE;
923 free (contents);
926 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
928 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
929 unsigned int i;
931 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
932 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
933 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
934 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
935 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
937 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
938 break;
940 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
942 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
943 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
945 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
946 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
947 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
948 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
950 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
951 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
952 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
953 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
954 place special significance on the address 0 and
955 executables need to be able to have a segment which
956 covers this address. */
957 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
958 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
959 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
960 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
961 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
962 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
963 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
965 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
966 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
967 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
968 else
969 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
970 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
971 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
972 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
973 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
974 segment will contain sections with contiguous
975 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
976 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
977 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
979 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
980 offsets whether a section with zero size should
981 be placed at the end of one segment or the
982 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
983 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
984 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
985 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
986 break;
992 return TRUE;
996 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
997 bfd_elf_find_section
999 SYNOPSIS
1000 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1002 DESCRIPTION
1003 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1004 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1005 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1006 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1007 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1010 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1011 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1013 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1014 char *shstrtab;
1015 unsigned int max;
1016 unsigned int i;
1018 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1019 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1021 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1022 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1023 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1025 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1026 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1027 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1028 return i_shdrp[i];
1031 return 0;
1034 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1035 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1036 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1037 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1040 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1041 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1042 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1043 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1044 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1045 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1046 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1047 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1048 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1050 bfd_reloc_status_type
1051 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1052 arelent *reloc_entry,
1053 asymbol *symbol,
1054 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1055 asection *input_section,
1056 bfd *output_bfd,
1057 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1059 if (output_bfd != NULL
1060 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1061 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1062 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1064 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1065 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1068 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1071 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1072 another. */
1074 bfd_boolean
1075 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1077 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1078 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1079 return TRUE;
1081 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1082 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1083 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1085 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1086 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1087 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1089 /* Copy object attributes. */
1090 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1092 return TRUE;
1095 static const char *
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1098 const char *pt;
1099 switch (p_type)
1101 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt = NULL; break;
1114 return pt;
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1119 bfd_boolean
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1122 FILE *f = farg;
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1124 asection *s;
1125 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1127 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1128 if (p != NULL)
1130 unsigned int i, c;
1132 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1134 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1136 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1137 char buf[20];
1139 if (pt == NULL)
1141 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1142 pt = buf;
1144 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1146 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1148 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1150 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1151 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1153 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1155 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1161 fprintf (f, "\n");
1165 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1166 if (s != NULL)
1168 int elfsec;
1169 unsigned long shlink;
1170 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1171 size_t extdynsize;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1177 goto error_return;
1179 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1180 if (elfsec == -1)
1181 goto error_return;
1182 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1184 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1185 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1187 extdyn = dynbuf;
1188 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1189 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1192 const char *name;
1193 char ab[20];
1194 bfd_boolean stringp;
1196 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1198 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1199 break;
1201 stringp = FALSE;
1202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1204 default:
1205 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1206 name = ab;
1207 break;
1209 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1264 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1269 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1270 if (! stringp)
1271 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1272 else
1274 const char *string;
1275 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1277 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1278 if (string == NULL)
1279 goto error_return;
1280 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1282 fprintf (f, "\n");
1285 free (dynbuf);
1286 dynbuf = NULL;
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1293 return FALSE;
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1300 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1303 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1304 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1305 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1310 fprintf (f, "\t");
1311 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1312 a != NULL;
1313 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1314 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1315 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1316 fprintf (f, "\n");
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1325 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1330 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1333 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1334 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1335 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1339 return TRUE;
1341 error_return:
1342 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1343 free (dynbuf);
1344 return FALSE;
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1349 void
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1351 void *filep,
1352 asymbol *symbol,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1355 FILE *file = filep;
1356 switch (how)
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1359 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1360 break;
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1362 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1364 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1365 break;
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1368 const char *section_name;
1369 const char *name = NULL;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1371 unsigned char st_other;
1372 bfd_vma val;
1374 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1376 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1377 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1378 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1380 if (name == NULL)
1382 name = symbol->name;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1386 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1392 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1393 else
1394 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1402 unsigned int vernum;
1403 const char *version_string;
1405 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1407 if (vernum == 0)
1408 version_string = "";
1409 else if (vernum == 1)
1410 version_string = "Base";
1411 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1412 version_string =
1413 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1414 else
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1418 version_string = "";
1419 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1420 t != NULL;
1421 t = t->vn_nextref)
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1425 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1427 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1429 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1430 break;
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1438 else
1440 int i;
1442 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1443 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1444 putc (' ', file);
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1451 switch (st_other)
1453 case 0: break;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1457 default:
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1459 everything hex. */
1460 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1463 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1465 break;
1469 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1471 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1472 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1474 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1476 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1477 if (ret != NULL)
1479 bfd_size_type loc;
1481 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1482 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1483 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1485 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1486 ret = NULL;
1489 return ret;
1492 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1494 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1496 bfd_boolean
1497 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1500 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1502 const char *name;
1504 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1505 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1506 hdr->sh_name);
1507 if (name == NULL)
1508 return FALSE;
1510 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1512 case SHT_NULL:
1513 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1514 return TRUE;
1516 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1517 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1518 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1519 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1520 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1521 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1522 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1523 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1524 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1525 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1527 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1528 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1529 return FALSE;
1530 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1531 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1532 return FALSE;
1533 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1535 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1537 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1538 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1539 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1540 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1542 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1543 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1545 else
1547 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1549 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1550 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1552 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1553 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1555 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1556 break;
1561 break;
1563 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1564 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1565 return TRUE;
1567 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1568 return FALSE;
1569 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1570 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1571 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1572 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1573 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1575 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1576 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1577 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1578 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1579 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1580 linker. */
1581 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1582 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1583 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1584 shindex))
1585 return FALSE;
1587 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1588 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1589 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1590 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1592 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1594 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1595 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1597 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1598 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1599 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1600 break;
1602 if (i == num_sec)
1603 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1605 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1606 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1607 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1608 break;
1610 if (i != shindex)
1611 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1613 return TRUE;
1615 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1616 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1617 return TRUE;
1619 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1620 return FALSE;
1621 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1622 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1623 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1624 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1625 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1627 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1628 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1629 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1631 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1632 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1633 return TRUE;
1635 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1636 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1637 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1638 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1639 return TRUE;
1641 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1642 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1643 return TRUE;
1644 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1646 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1647 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1648 return TRUE;
1650 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1652 symtab_strtab:
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1655 return TRUE;
1657 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1659 dynsymtab_strtab:
1660 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1661 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1662 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1663 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1664 can handle it. */
1665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1666 shindex);
1669 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1670 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1671 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1672 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1674 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1676 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1677 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1680 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1682 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1683 if (i == shindex)
1684 return FALSE;
1685 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1686 return FALSE;
1687 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1688 goto symtab_strtab;
1689 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1690 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1694 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1696 case SHT_REL:
1697 case SHT_RELA:
1698 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1700 asection *target_sect;
1701 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1702 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1704 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1705 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1706 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1707 return FALSE;
1709 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1710 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1711 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1713 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1714 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1715 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1716 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1717 shindex);
1720 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1721 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1722 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1723 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1724 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1725 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1726 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1727 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1728 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1730 unsigned int scan;
1731 int found;
1733 found = 0;
1734 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1737 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1739 if (found != 0)
1741 found = 0;
1742 break;
1744 found = scan;
1747 if (found != 0)
1748 hdr->sh_link = found;
1751 /* Get the symbol table. */
1752 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1753 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1754 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1755 return FALSE;
1757 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1758 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1759 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1760 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1761 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1762 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1763 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1764 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1765 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1766 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1767 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1768 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1769 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1770 shindex);
1772 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1773 return FALSE;
1774 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1775 if (target_sect == NULL)
1776 return FALSE;
1778 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1779 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1780 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1781 else
1783 bfd_size_type amt;
1784 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1785 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1786 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1787 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1788 return FALSE;
1789 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1791 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1792 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1793 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1794 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1795 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1796 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1797 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1798 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1799 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1800 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1801 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1802 return TRUE;
1805 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1806 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1807 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1808 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1810 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1811 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1812 return FALSE;
1813 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1814 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1815 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1817 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1818 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1819 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1820 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1822 case SHT_SHLIB:
1823 return TRUE;
1825 case SHT_GROUP:
1826 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1827 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1828 name. */
1829 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1830 return FALSE;
1831 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1832 if (name == NULL)
1833 return FALSE;
1834 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1835 return FALSE;
1836 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1838 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1839 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1840 asection *s;
1842 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1843 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1844 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1846 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1847 idx += n_elt;
1848 while (--n_elt != 0)
1850 --idx;
1852 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1853 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1854 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1856 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1857 break;
1861 break;
1863 default:
1864 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1865 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1866 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1868 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1869 return FALSE;
1870 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1871 return TRUE;
1874 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1875 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1876 return TRUE;
1878 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1880 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1881 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1882 for applications? */
1883 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1884 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1885 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1886 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1887 else
1888 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1889 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1890 shindex);
1892 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1893 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1894 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1895 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1896 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1897 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1898 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1899 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1901 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1902 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1903 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1904 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1905 be rejected with an error message. */
1906 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1907 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1908 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1909 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1910 else
1911 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1912 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1914 else
1915 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1916 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1917 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1918 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1920 return FALSE;
1923 return TRUE;
1926 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1927 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1929 asection *
1930 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1931 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1932 asection *sec,
1933 unsigned long r_symndx)
1935 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1936 asection *s;
1938 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1940 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1941 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1942 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1943 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1945 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1946 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1947 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1948 return NULL;
1950 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1952 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1953 cache->abfd = abfd;
1955 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1956 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1959 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1960 if (s != NULL)
1961 return s;
1963 return sec;
1966 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1967 section. */
1969 asection *
1970 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1972 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1973 return NULL;
1974 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1977 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
1979 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1980 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1983 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
1985 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1986 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1989 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1993 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1994 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1995 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1996 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1997 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1998 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
1999 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2000 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2001 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2004 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2006 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2008 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2011 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2021 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2024 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2027 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2030 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2035 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2038 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2041 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2044 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2046 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2048 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2051 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2055 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2058 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2061 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2064 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2072 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2073 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2074 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2075 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2078 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2083 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2086 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2088 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2089 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2090 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2091 NULL, /* 'e' */
2092 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2093 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2094 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2095 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2096 NULL, /* 'j' */
2097 NULL, /* 'k' */
2098 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2099 NULL, /* 'm' */
2100 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2101 NULL, /* 'o' */
2102 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2103 NULL, /* 'q' */
2104 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2105 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2106 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2109 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2110 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2111 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2112 unsigned int rela)
2114 int i;
2115 int len;
2117 len = strlen (name);
2119 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2121 int suffix_len;
2122 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2124 if (len < prefix_len)
2125 continue;
2126 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2127 continue;
2129 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2130 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2132 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2134 if (suffix_len == 0)
2135 continue;
2136 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2137 && (suffix_len == -2
2138 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2139 continue;
2142 else
2144 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2145 continue;
2146 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2147 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2148 suffix_len) != 0)
2149 continue;
2151 return &spec[i];
2154 return NULL;
2157 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2158 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2160 int i;
2161 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2162 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2164 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2165 if (sec->name == NULL)
2166 return NULL;
2168 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2169 spec = bed->special_sections;
2170 if (spec)
2172 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2173 bed->special_sections,
2174 sec->use_rela_p);
2175 if (spec != NULL)
2176 return spec;
2179 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2180 return NULL;
2182 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2183 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2184 return NULL;
2186 spec = special_sections[i];
2188 if (spec == NULL)
2189 return NULL;
2191 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2194 bfd_boolean
2195 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2197 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2198 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2199 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2201 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2202 if (sdata == NULL)
2204 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2205 if (sdata == NULL)
2206 return FALSE;
2207 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2210 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2211 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2212 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2214 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2215 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2216 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2217 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2218 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2219 elf_fake_sections. */
2220 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2221 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2223 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2224 if (ssect != NULL)
2226 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2227 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2231 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2234 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2236 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2237 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2238 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2239 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2241 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2242 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2243 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2244 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2245 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2246 of combined data+bss.
2248 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2249 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2250 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2251 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2252 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2256 bfd_boolean
2257 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2258 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2259 int index,
2260 const char *typename)
2262 asection *newsect;
2263 char *name;
2264 char namebuf[64];
2265 size_t len;
2266 int split;
2268 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2269 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2270 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2272 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2274 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2275 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2276 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2277 if (!name)
2278 return FALSE;
2279 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2280 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2281 if (newsect == NULL)
2282 return FALSE;
2283 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2284 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2285 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2286 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2287 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2288 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2289 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2291 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2292 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2293 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2295 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2296 may be data. */
2297 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2300 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2302 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2306 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2308 bfd_vma align;
2310 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2311 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2312 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2313 if (!name)
2314 return FALSE;
2315 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2316 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2317 if (newsect == NULL)
2318 return FALSE;
2319 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2320 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2321 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2322 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2323 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2324 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2325 align = hdr->p_align;
2326 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2327 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2329 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2330 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2331 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2332 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2333 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2334 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2335 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2336 newsect->size = 0;
2337 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2338 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2339 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2341 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2342 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2345 return TRUE;
2348 bfd_boolean
2349 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2351 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2353 switch (hdr->p_type)
2355 case PT_NULL:
2356 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2358 case PT_LOAD:
2359 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2361 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2362 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2364 case PT_INTERP:
2365 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2367 case PT_NOTE:
2368 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2369 return FALSE;
2370 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2371 return FALSE;
2372 return TRUE;
2374 case PT_SHLIB:
2375 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2377 case PT_PHDR:
2378 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2380 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2381 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2382 "eh_frame_hdr");
2384 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2385 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2387 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2388 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2390 default:
2391 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2392 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2393 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2397 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2398 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2399 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2401 bfd_boolean
2402 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2403 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2404 asection *asect,
2405 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2407 char *name;
2408 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2409 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2411 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2412 if (name == NULL)
2413 return FALSE;
2414 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2415 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2416 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2417 FALSE);
2418 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2419 return FALSE;
2420 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2421 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2422 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2423 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2424 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2425 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2426 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2427 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2428 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2430 return TRUE;
2433 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2435 static void
2436 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2438 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2439 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2440 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2441 unsigned int sh_type;
2443 if (*failedptr)
2445 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2446 loop. */
2447 return;
2450 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2452 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2453 asect->name, FALSE);
2454 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2456 *failedptr = TRUE;
2457 return;
2460 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2462 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2463 || asect->user_set_vma)
2464 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2465 else
2466 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2468 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2469 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2470 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2471 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2472 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2473 copy_private_section_data. */
2475 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2476 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2478 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2479 asect->flags. */
2480 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2481 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2482 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2483 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2484 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2485 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2486 else
2487 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2489 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2490 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2491 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2492 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2493 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2495 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2496 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2497 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2498 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2499 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2500 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2501 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2504 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2506 default:
2507 break;
2509 case SHT_STRTAB:
2510 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2511 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2512 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2513 case SHT_NOTE:
2514 case SHT_NOBITS:
2515 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2516 break;
2518 case SHT_HASH:
2519 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2520 break;
2522 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2523 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2524 break;
2526 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2527 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2528 break;
2530 case SHT_RELA:
2531 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2532 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2533 break;
2535 case SHT_REL:
2536 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2537 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2538 break;
2540 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2541 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2542 break;
2544 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2545 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2546 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2547 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2548 zero. */
2549 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2550 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2551 else
2552 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2553 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2554 break;
2556 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2557 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2558 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2559 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2560 zero. */
2561 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2562 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2563 else
2564 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2565 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2566 break;
2568 case SHT_GROUP:
2569 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2570 break;
2572 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2573 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2574 break;
2577 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2578 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2579 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2580 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2581 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2582 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2583 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2585 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2586 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2587 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2588 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2590 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2591 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2592 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2594 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2595 if (asect->size == 0
2596 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2598 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2600 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2601 if (o != NULL)
2603 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2604 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2605 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2610 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2611 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2612 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2613 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2614 *failedptr = TRUE;
2616 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2618 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2619 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2620 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2623 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2624 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2625 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2626 create the other. */
2627 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2628 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2629 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2630 asect,
2631 asect->use_rela_p))
2632 *failedptr = TRUE;
2635 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2637 void
2638 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2640 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2641 unsigned long symindx;
2642 asection *elt, *first;
2643 unsigned char *loc;
2644 bfd_boolean gas;
2646 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2647 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2648 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2649 || *failedptr)
2650 return;
2652 symindx = 0;
2653 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2654 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2656 if (symindx == 0)
2658 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2659 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2660 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2661 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2662 else
2663 symindx = sec->target_index;
2665 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2667 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2668 gas = TRUE;
2669 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2671 gas = FALSE;
2672 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2674 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2675 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2676 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2678 *failedptr = TRUE;
2679 return;
2683 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2685 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2686 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2687 start of the input section group. */
2688 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2690 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2691 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2692 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2693 directives, not that it matters. */
2694 while (elt != NULL)
2696 asection *s;
2697 unsigned int idx;
2699 loc -= 4;
2700 s = elt;
2701 if (!gas)
2702 s = s->output_section;
2703 idx = 0;
2704 if (s != NULL)
2705 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2707 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2708 if (elt == first)
2709 break;
2712 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2713 abort ();
2715 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2718 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2719 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2720 in here too, while we're at it. */
2722 static bfd_boolean
2723 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2725 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2726 asection *sec;
2727 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2728 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2729 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2731 section_number = 1;
2733 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2735 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2736 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2738 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2739 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2741 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2743 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2745 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2747 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2748 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2749 abfd->section_count--;
2751 else
2753 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2754 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2755 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2761 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2763 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2765 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2767 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2768 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2769 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2771 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2772 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2773 d->rel_idx = 0;
2774 else
2776 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2777 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2778 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2782 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2784 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2785 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2786 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2787 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2789 else
2790 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2793 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2794 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2795 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2796 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2797 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2799 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2801 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2802 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2803 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2804 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2805 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2807 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2808 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2809 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2810 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2811 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2812 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2813 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2814 return FALSE;
2816 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2817 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2818 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2819 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2822 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2823 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2825 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2826 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2827 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2828 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2830 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2831 indices. */
2832 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2833 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2834 return FALSE;
2836 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2837 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2839 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2840 return FALSE;
2843 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2845 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2846 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2848 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2849 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
2851 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2852 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2854 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2855 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2858 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2860 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2861 asection *s;
2862 const char *name;
2864 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2865 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2866 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2867 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2868 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2870 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2872 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2873 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2874 the relocation entries apply. */
2875 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2877 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2878 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2880 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2882 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2883 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2886 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2887 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2889 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2890 if (s)
2892 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2893 if (link_info != NULL)
2895 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2896 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2898 asection *kept;
2899 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2900 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2901 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2902 s, s->owner);
2903 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2904 size as the discarded one. */
2905 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2906 if (kept == NULL)
2908 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2909 return FALSE;
2911 s = kept;
2914 s = s->output_section;
2915 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2917 else
2919 /* Handle objcopy. */
2920 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2922 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2923 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2924 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2925 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2926 return FALSE;
2928 s = s->output_section;
2930 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2932 else
2934 /* PR 290:
2935 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2936 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2937 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2938 where s is NULL. */
2939 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2940 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2941 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2942 bed->link_order_error_handler
2943 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2944 abfd, sec);
2948 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2950 case SHT_REL:
2951 case SHT_RELA:
2952 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2953 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2954 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2955 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2956 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2957 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2958 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2959 if (s != NULL)
2960 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2962 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2963 name = sec->name;
2964 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2965 name += 4;
2966 else
2967 name += 5;
2968 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2969 if (s != NULL)
2970 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2971 break;
2973 case SHT_STRTAB:
2974 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2975 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2976 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2977 field to point to this section. */
2978 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2979 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2981 size_t len;
2982 char *alc;
2984 len = strlen (sec->name);
2985 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2986 if (alc == NULL)
2987 return FALSE;
2988 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2989 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2990 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2991 free (alc);
2992 if (s != NULL)
2994 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
2996 /* This is a .stab section. */
2997 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
2998 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
2999 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3002 break;
3004 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3005 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3006 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3007 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3008 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3009 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3010 version strings. */
3011 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3012 if (s != NULL)
3013 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3014 break;
3016 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3017 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3018 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3019 the version strings. */
3020 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3021 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3022 if (s != NULL)
3023 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3024 break;
3026 case SHT_HASH:
3027 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3028 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3029 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3030 this hash table or version table is for. */
3031 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3032 if (s != NULL)
3033 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3034 break;
3036 case SHT_GROUP:
3037 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3041 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3042 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3043 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3044 else
3045 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3046 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3047 return TRUE;
3050 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3051 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3053 static bfd_boolean
3054 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3056 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3057 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3058 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3059 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3061 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3062 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3063 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3066 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3067 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3068 special sections. */
3070 static bfd_boolean
3071 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3073 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3074 && (sym->value != 0
3075 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3076 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3077 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3080 static bfd_boolean
3081 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3083 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3084 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3085 asymbol **sect_syms;
3086 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3087 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3088 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3089 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3090 int max_index = 0;
3091 unsigned int idx;
3092 asection *asect;
3093 asymbol **new_syms;
3095 #ifdef DEBUG
3096 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3097 fflush (stderr);
3098 #endif
3100 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3102 if (max_index < asect->index)
3103 max_index = asect->index;
3106 max_index++;
3107 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3108 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3109 return FALSE;
3110 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3111 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3113 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3114 decided to output. */
3115 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3117 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3119 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3120 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3122 asection *sec = sym->section;
3124 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3125 sec = sec->output_section;
3127 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3131 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3132 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3134 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3135 continue;
3136 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3137 num_locals++;
3138 else
3139 num_globals++;
3142 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3143 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3144 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3145 at least in that case. */
3146 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3148 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3150 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3151 num_locals++;
3152 else
3153 num_globals++;
3157 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3158 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3160 if (new_syms == NULL)
3161 return FALSE;
3163 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3165 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3166 unsigned int i;
3168 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3169 continue;
3170 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3171 i = num_locals2++;
3172 else
3173 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3174 new_syms[i] = sym;
3175 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3177 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3179 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3181 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3182 unsigned int i;
3184 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3185 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3186 i = num_locals2++;
3187 else
3188 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3189 new_syms[i] = sym;
3190 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3194 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3196 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3197 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3198 return TRUE;
3201 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3202 ELF data structure. */
3204 static inline file_ptr
3205 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3207 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3210 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3211 required section alignment. */
3213 file_ptr
3214 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3215 file_ptr offset,
3216 bfd_boolean align)
3218 if (align)
3220 unsigned int al;
3222 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3223 if (al > 1)
3224 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3226 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3227 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3228 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3229 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3230 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3231 return offset;
3234 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3235 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3236 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3238 bfd_boolean
3239 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3240 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3242 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3243 bfd_boolean failed;
3244 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3245 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3247 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3248 return TRUE;
3250 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3251 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3252 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3254 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3255 return FALSE;
3257 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3258 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3259 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3261 failed = FALSE;
3262 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3263 if (failed)
3264 return FALSE;
3266 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3267 return FALSE;
3269 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3270 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3272 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3273 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3275 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3276 return FALSE;
3279 if (link_info == NULL)
3281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3282 if (failed)
3283 return FALSE;
3286 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3287 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3288 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3289 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3290 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3291 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3292 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3293 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3294 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3295 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3296 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3298 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3299 return FALSE;
3301 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3303 file_ptr off;
3304 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3306 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3308 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3309 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3311 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3312 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3313 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3315 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3316 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3318 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3320 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3321 out. */
3322 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3323 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3324 return FALSE;
3325 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3328 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3330 return TRUE;
3333 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3334 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3336 static bfd_size_type
3337 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3339 size_t segs;
3340 asection *s;
3341 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3343 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3344 and one for data. */
3345 segs = 2;
3347 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3348 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3350 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3351 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3352 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3353 targets. */
3354 segs += 2;
3357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3359 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3360 ++segs;
3363 if (info->relro)
3365 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3366 ++segs;
3369 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3371 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3372 ++segs;
3375 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3377 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3378 ++segs;
3381 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3383 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3384 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3386 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3387 ++segs;
3388 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3389 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3390 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3391 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3392 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3393 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3394 aligned. */
3395 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3396 while (s->next != NULL
3397 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3398 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3399 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3400 s = s->next;
3404 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3406 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3408 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3409 ++segs;
3410 break;
3414 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3415 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3416 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3418 int a;
3420 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3421 if (a == -1)
3422 abort ();
3423 segs += a;
3426 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3429 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3431 static struct elf_segment_map *
3432 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3433 asection **sections,
3434 unsigned int from,
3435 unsigned int to,
3436 bfd_boolean phdr)
3438 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3439 unsigned int i;
3440 asection **hdrpp;
3441 bfd_size_type amt;
3443 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3444 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3445 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3446 if (m == NULL)
3447 return NULL;
3448 m->next = NULL;
3449 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3450 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3451 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3452 m->count = to - from;
3454 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3456 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3457 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3458 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3461 return m;
3464 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3465 on failure. */
3467 struct elf_segment_map *
3468 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3470 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3472 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3473 if (m == NULL)
3474 return NULL;
3475 m->next = NULL;
3476 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3477 m->count = 1;
3478 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3480 return m;
3483 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3485 static bfd_boolean
3486 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3487 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3488 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3490 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3491 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3493 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3494 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3495 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3496 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3497 removed. */
3498 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3499 while (*m)
3501 unsigned int i, new_count;
3503 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3505 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3506 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3507 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3509 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3510 new_count++;
3513 (*m)->count = new_count;
3515 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3516 *m = (*m)->next;
3517 else
3518 m = &(*m)->next;
3521 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3522 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3524 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3525 return FALSE;
3528 return TRUE;
3531 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3533 bfd_boolean
3534 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3536 unsigned int count;
3537 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3538 asection **sections = NULL;
3539 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3540 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3542 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3543 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3545 asection *s;
3546 unsigned int i;
3547 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3548 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3549 asection *last_hdr;
3550 bfd_vma last_size;
3551 unsigned int phdr_index;
3552 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3553 asection **hdrpp;
3554 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3555 bfd_boolean writable;
3556 int tls_count = 0;
3557 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3558 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3559 bfd_size_type amt;
3561 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3563 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3564 if (sections == NULL)
3565 goto error_return;
3567 i = 0;
3568 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3570 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3572 sections[i] = s;
3573 ++i;
3576 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3577 count = i;
3579 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3581 /* Build the mapping. */
3583 mfirst = NULL;
3584 pm = &mfirst;
3586 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3587 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3588 section. */
3589 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3590 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3592 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3593 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3594 if (m == NULL)
3595 goto error_return;
3596 m->next = NULL;
3597 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3598 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3599 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3600 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3601 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3603 *pm = m;
3604 pm = &m->next;
3606 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3607 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3608 if (m == NULL)
3609 goto error_return;
3610 m->next = NULL;
3611 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3612 m->count = 1;
3613 m->sections[0] = s;
3615 *pm = m;
3616 pm = &m->next;
3619 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3620 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3621 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3622 last_hdr = NULL;
3623 last_size = 0;
3624 phdr_index = 0;
3625 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3626 writable = FALSE;
3627 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3628 if (dynsec != NULL
3629 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3630 dynsec = NULL;
3632 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3633 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3634 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3635 program headers we will need. */
3636 if (count > 0)
3638 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3640 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3641 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3642 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3643 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3644 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3645 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3648 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3650 asection *hdr;
3651 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3653 hdr = *hdrpp;
3655 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3656 segment. */
3658 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3660 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3661 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3662 new_segment = FALSE;
3664 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3666 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3667 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3668 segment. */
3669 new_segment = TRUE;
3671 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3672 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3674 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3675 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3676 new_segment = TRUE;
3678 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3679 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3681 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3682 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3683 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3684 new_segment = TRUE;
3686 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3688 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3689 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3690 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3691 new_segment = FALSE;
3693 else if (! writable
3694 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3695 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3696 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3697 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3699 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3700 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3701 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3702 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3703 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3704 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3705 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3706 new_segment = TRUE;
3708 else
3710 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3711 new_segment = FALSE;
3714 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3715 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3716 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3718 if (! new_segment)
3720 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3721 writable = TRUE;
3722 last_hdr = hdr;
3723 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3724 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3725 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3726 last_size = hdr->size;
3727 else
3728 last_size = 0;
3729 continue;
3732 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3733 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3735 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3736 if (m == NULL)
3737 goto error_return;
3739 *pm = m;
3740 pm = &m->next;
3742 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3743 writable = TRUE;
3744 else
3745 writable = FALSE;
3747 last_hdr = hdr;
3748 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3749 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3750 last_size = hdr->size;
3751 else
3752 last_size = 0;
3753 phdr_index = i;
3754 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3757 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3758 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3760 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3761 if (m == NULL)
3762 goto error_return;
3764 *pm = m;
3765 pm = &m->next;
3768 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3769 if (dynsec != NULL)
3771 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3772 if (m == NULL)
3773 goto error_return;
3774 *pm = m;
3775 pm = &m->next;
3778 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3779 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3780 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3781 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3782 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3783 bogus anyhow. */
3784 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3786 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3787 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3789 asection *s2;
3790 unsigned count = 1;
3791 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3792 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3793 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3795 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3796 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3797 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3798 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3799 == s2->next->vma)
3800 count++;
3801 else
3802 break;
3804 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3805 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3806 if (m == NULL)
3807 goto error_return;
3808 m->next = NULL;
3809 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3810 m->count = count;
3811 while (count > 1)
3813 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3814 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3815 s = s->next;
3817 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3818 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3819 *pm = m;
3820 pm = &m->next;
3822 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3824 if (! tls_count)
3825 first_tls = s;
3826 tls_count++;
3830 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3831 if (tls_count > 0)
3833 int i;
3835 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3836 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3837 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3838 if (m == NULL)
3839 goto error_return;
3840 m->next = NULL;
3841 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3842 m->count = tls_count;
3843 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3844 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3845 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3846 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3848 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3849 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3850 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3853 *pm = m;
3854 pm = &m->next;
3857 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3858 segment. */
3859 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3860 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3861 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3863 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3864 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3865 if (m == NULL)
3866 goto error_return;
3867 m->next = NULL;
3868 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3869 m->count = 1;
3870 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3872 *pm = m;
3873 pm = &m->next;
3876 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3878 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3879 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3880 if (m == NULL)
3881 goto error_return;
3882 m->next = NULL;
3883 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3884 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3885 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3887 *pm = m;
3888 pm = &m->next;
3891 if (info->relro)
3893 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3895 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
3897 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
3898 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
3899 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
3901 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
3902 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
3903 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
3904 break;
3908 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3909 if (m != NULL)
3911 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3912 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3913 if (m == NULL)
3914 goto error_return;
3915 m->next = NULL;
3916 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3917 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3918 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3920 *pm = m;
3921 pm = &m->next;
3925 free (sections);
3926 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3929 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3930 return FALSE;
3932 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3933 ++count;
3934 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3936 return TRUE;
3938 error_return:
3939 if (sections != NULL)
3940 free (sections);
3941 return FALSE;
3944 /* Sort sections by address. */
3946 static int
3947 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3949 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3950 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3951 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3953 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3954 place the section into a segment. */
3955 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3956 return -1;
3957 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3958 return 1;
3960 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3961 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3962 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3963 return -1;
3964 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3965 return 1;
3967 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3969 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3971 if (TOEND (sec1))
3973 if (TOEND (sec2))
3975 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3976 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3977 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3978 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3980 else
3981 return 1;
3983 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3984 return -1;
3986 #undef TOEND
3988 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3989 before others at the same address. */
3991 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3992 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3994 if (size1 < size2)
3995 return -1;
3996 if (size1 > size2)
3997 return 1;
3999 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4002 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4004 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4005 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4006 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4007 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4008 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4009 which is wrong.
4011 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4012 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4013 the page size.'' */
4014 /* In other words, something like:
4016 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4017 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4018 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4019 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4020 else
4021 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4023 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4025 static file_ptr
4026 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4028 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4031 static void
4032 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4034 unsigned int j;
4035 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4036 char buf[32];
4038 if (pt == NULL)
4040 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4041 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4042 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4043 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4044 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4045 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4046 else
4047 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4048 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4049 pt = buf;
4051 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4052 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4053 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4054 putc ('\n',stderr);
4057 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4058 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4059 the file header. */
4061 static bfd_boolean
4062 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4063 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4065 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4066 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4067 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4068 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4069 file_ptr off;
4070 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4071 unsigned int alloc;
4072 unsigned int i, j;
4074 if (link_info == NULL
4075 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4076 return FALSE;
4078 alloc = 0;
4079 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4080 ++alloc;
4082 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4083 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4084 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4086 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4087 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4088 else
4089 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4090 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4092 if (alloc == 0)
4094 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4095 return TRUE;
4098 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4099 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4100 if (phdrs == NULL)
4101 return FALSE;
4103 maxpagesize = 1;
4104 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4105 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4107 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4108 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4110 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4111 m != NULL;
4112 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4114 asection **secpp;
4115 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4116 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4118 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4119 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4120 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4121 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4122 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4123 if (m->count > 1
4124 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4125 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4126 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4127 elf_sort_sections);
4129 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4130 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4131 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4132 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4133 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4134 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4135 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4137 if (m->count == 0)
4138 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4139 else
4140 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4142 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4143 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4144 else if (m->count == 0)
4145 p->p_paddr = 0;
4146 else
4147 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4149 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4150 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4152 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4153 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4154 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4155 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4156 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4157 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4158 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4159 segment. */
4160 if (m->p_align_valid)
4161 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4163 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4165 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4166 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4167 else if (m->count == 0)
4168 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4169 else
4170 p->p_align = 0;
4172 no_contents = FALSE;
4173 off_adjust = 0;
4174 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4175 && m->count > 0)
4177 bfd_size_type align;
4178 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4180 if (m->p_align_valid)
4181 align = p->p_align;
4182 else
4184 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4186 unsigned int secalign;
4188 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4189 if (secalign > align_power)
4190 align_power = secalign;
4192 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4193 if (align < maxpagesize)
4194 align = maxpagesize;
4197 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4198 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4199 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4200 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4201 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4202 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4204 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4205 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4206 holds for any other sections. */
4207 i = 0;
4208 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4210 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4211 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4212 has any loadable sections. */
4213 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4214 || ++i >= m->count)
4216 no_contents = TRUE;
4217 break;
4221 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4222 off += off_adjust;
4223 if (no_contents)
4225 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4226 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4227 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4228 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4229 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4230 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4231 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4232 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4234 else
4235 off_adjust = 0;
4237 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4238 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4239 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4240 && m->count > 1
4241 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4243 _bfd_error_handler
4244 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4245 abfd);
4246 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4247 return FALSE;
4250 p->p_offset = 0;
4251 p->p_filesz = 0;
4252 p->p_memsz = 0;
4254 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4256 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4257 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4258 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4259 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4260 if (m->count > 0)
4262 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4264 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4266 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4267 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4268 abfd);
4269 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4270 return FALSE;
4273 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4274 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4275 p->p_paddr -= off;
4279 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4281 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4282 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4284 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4286 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4288 if (m->count > 0)
4290 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4291 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4292 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4293 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4297 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4298 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4301 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4302 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4304 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4305 p->p_offset = off;
4306 else
4308 file_ptr adjust;
4310 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4311 if (!no_contents)
4312 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4313 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4317 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4318 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4319 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4320 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4321 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4322 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4324 asection *sec;
4325 bfd_size_type align;
4326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4328 sec = *secpp;
4329 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4330 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4332 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4333 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4335 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4337 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4338 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4339 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4340 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4342 if (adjust < 0)
4344 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4345 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4346 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4347 adjust = 0;
4349 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4351 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4353 off += adjust;
4354 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4359 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4361 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4362 everything. */
4363 if (i == 0)
4365 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4366 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4367 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4368 p->p_memsz = 0;
4369 p->p_align = 1;
4371 else
4373 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4374 sec->filepos = 0;
4375 sec->size = 0;
4376 sec->flags = 0;
4377 continue;
4380 else
4382 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4384 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4385 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4386 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4389 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4391 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4392 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4393 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4394 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4395 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4396 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4398 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4400 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4401 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4403 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4404 normal segments. */
4405 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4406 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4409 if (align > p->p_align
4410 && !m->p_align_valid
4411 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4412 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4413 p->p_align = align;
4416 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4418 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4419 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4420 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4421 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4422 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4425 off -= off_adjust;
4427 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4428 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4429 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4430 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4433 asection *sec;
4435 sec = *secpp;
4436 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4437 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4438 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4440 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4441 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4442 abfd, sec, j);
4443 print_segment_map (m);
4444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4445 return FALSE;
4450 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4451 return TRUE;
4454 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4456 static bfd_boolean
4457 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4458 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4460 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4461 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4462 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4463 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4464 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4465 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4466 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4467 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4468 file_ptr off;
4469 unsigned int num_sec;
4470 unsigned int i;
4471 unsigned int count;
4473 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4474 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4475 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4476 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4478 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4479 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4481 hdr = *hdrpp;
4482 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4483 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4484 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4485 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4486 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4487 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4489 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4490 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4491 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4492 abfd,
4493 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4494 ? "*unknown*"
4495 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4496 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4497 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4498 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4499 bed->maxpagesize);
4500 else
4501 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4502 hdr->sh_addralign);
4503 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4504 FALSE);
4506 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4507 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4508 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4509 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4510 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4511 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4512 else
4513 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4515 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4517 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4518 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4522 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4523 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4524 count = 0;
4525 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4526 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4527 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4528 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4529 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4530 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4531 m != NULL;
4532 m = m->next, p++)
4534 ++count;
4535 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4536 continue;
4538 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4540 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4541 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4543 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4545 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4546 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4547 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4549 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4550 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4555 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4556 m != NULL;
4557 m = m->next, p++)
4559 if (m->count != 0)
4561 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4562 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4563 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4566 asection *sect;
4568 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4570 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4571 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4572 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4573 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4574 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4576 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4578 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4579 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4580 linker logic. */
4581 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4583 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4585 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4586 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4587 break;
4590 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4592 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4593 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4594 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4595 if (m->p_size_valid)
4596 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4597 else
4598 abort ();
4599 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4600 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4601 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4602 p->p_align = 1;
4604 else
4605 abort ();
4607 else
4608 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4611 else
4613 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4615 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4616 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4617 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4619 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4621 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4622 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4623 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4625 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4627 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4629 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4631 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4632 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4633 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4634 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4635 >= link_info->relro_end))
4636 break;
4639 if (lp < phdrs + count
4640 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4642 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4643 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4644 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4645 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4646 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4647 p->p_align = 1;
4648 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4650 else
4652 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4653 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4659 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4661 return TRUE;
4664 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4665 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4666 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4668 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4669 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4670 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4671 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4672 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4673 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4674 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4676 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4678 static bfd_boolean
4679 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4680 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4682 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4683 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4684 file_ptr off;
4685 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4687 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4688 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4690 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4691 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4692 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4693 unsigned int i;
4695 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4696 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4698 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4699 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4700 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4701 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4705 hdr = *hdrpp;
4706 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4707 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4708 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4709 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4710 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4712 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4714 else
4715 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4717 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4719 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4720 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4724 else
4726 unsigned int alloc;
4728 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4729 assignment of sections to segments. */
4730 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4731 return FALSE;
4733 /* And for non-load sections. */
4734 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4735 return FALSE;
4737 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4739 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4740 return FALSE;
4743 /* Write out the program headers. */
4744 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4745 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4746 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4747 return FALSE;
4749 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4752 /* Place the section headers. */
4753 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4754 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4755 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4757 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4759 return TRUE;
4762 static bfd_boolean
4763 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4765 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4766 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4767 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4768 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4769 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4771 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4772 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4774 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4775 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4776 return FALSE;
4778 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4780 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4781 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4782 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4783 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4785 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4786 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4787 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4788 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4790 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4791 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4792 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4793 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4794 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4795 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4796 else
4797 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4799 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4801 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4802 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4803 break;
4805 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4806 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4807 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4808 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4809 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4810 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4811 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4812 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4813 default:
4814 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4817 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4818 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4820 /* No program header, for now. */
4821 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4822 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4823 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4825 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4826 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4827 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4829 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4830 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4831 /* It all happens later. */
4833 else
4835 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4836 i_phdrp = 0;
4837 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4840 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4841 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4842 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4843 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4844 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4845 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4846 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4847 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4848 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4849 return FALSE;
4851 return TRUE;
4854 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4855 of the loadable file image. */
4857 void
4858 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4860 file_ptr off;
4861 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4862 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4864 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4866 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4867 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4869 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4871 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4872 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4873 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4874 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4877 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4880 bfd_boolean
4881 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4883 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4884 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4885 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4886 bfd_boolean failed;
4887 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4889 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4890 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4891 return FALSE;
4893 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4894 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4896 failed = FALSE;
4897 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4898 if (failed)
4899 return FALSE;
4901 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4903 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4904 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4905 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4907 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4908 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4909 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4911 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4913 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4914 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4915 return FALSE;
4917 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4918 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4921 /* Write out the section header names. */
4922 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4923 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4924 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4925 return FALSE;
4927 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4928 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4929 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4931 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4932 return FALSE;
4934 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4935 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4936 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4938 return TRUE;
4941 bfd_boolean
4942 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4944 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4945 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4948 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4951 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4953 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4954 int index;
4956 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4957 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4958 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4960 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4961 index = SHN_ABS;
4962 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4963 index = SHN_COMMON;
4964 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4965 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4966 else
4967 index = -1;
4969 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4970 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4972 int retval = index;
4974 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4975 return retval;
4978 if (index == -1)
4979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4981 return index;
4984 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4985 on error. */
4988 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4990 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4991 int idx;
4992 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4994 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4995 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4996 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4997 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4998 input sections rather than the output section. */
4999 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5000 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5001 && asym_ptr->section)
5003 asection *sec;
5004 int indx;
5006 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5007 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5008 sec = sec->output_section;
5009 if (sec->owner == abfd
5010 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5011 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5012 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5015 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5017 if (idx == 0)
5019 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5020 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5021 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5022 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5023 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5024 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5025 return -1;
5028 #if DEBUG & 4
5030 fprintf (stderr,
5031 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5032 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5033 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5034 fflush (stderr);
5036 #endif
5038 return idx;
5041 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5043 static bfd_boolean
5044 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5046 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5047 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5048 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5049 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5050 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5051 asection *section;
5052 unsigned int i;
5053 unsigned int num_segments;
5054 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5055 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5056 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5057 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5058 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5060 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5061 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5063 map_first = NULL;
5064 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5066 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5067 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5069 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5070 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5071 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5072 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5074 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5075 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5076 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5077 ? section->size : 0)
5079 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5080 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5081 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5082 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5083 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5084 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5086 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5087 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5088 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5089 (section->lma >= base \
5090 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5091 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5093 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5094 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5095 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5096 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5097 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5098 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5099 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5101 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5102 etc. */
5103 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5104 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \
5105 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5106 && s->vma == 0 \
5107 && s->lma == 0)
5109 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5110 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5111 p_memsz set to 0. */
5112 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5113 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5114 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5115 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5116 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5117 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5118 && s->size > 0 \
5119 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5120 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5121 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5123 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5124 A section will be included if:
5125 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5126 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5127 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5128 segment.
5129 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5130 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5131 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5132 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5133 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5134 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5135 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5136 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5137 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5138 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5139 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5140 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5141 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5142 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5143 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5144 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5145 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5146 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5147 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5148 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5149 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5150 || (segment->p_paddr \
5151 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5152 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5153 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5154 == 0)) \
5155 && !section->segment_mark)
5157 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5158 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5159 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5160 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5161 && section->output_section != NULL)
5163 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5164 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5165 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5167 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5168 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5169 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5170 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5171 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5172 LMA. */
5173 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5174 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5175 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5176 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5177 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5179 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5180 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5181 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5183 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5184 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5185 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5186 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5187 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5188 i < num_segments;
5189 i++, segment++)
5191 unsigned int j;
5192 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5194 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5195 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5196 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5198 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5199 assignment code will work. */
5200 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5201 break;
5204 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5206 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5207 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5208 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5209 continue;
5212 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5213 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5215 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5217 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5218 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5219 continue;
5221 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5222 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5224 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5225 SEGMENT. */
5226 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5227 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5229 if (extra_length > 0)
5231 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5232 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5235 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5237 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5238 i = 0;
5239 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5240 break;
5242 else
5244 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5245 SEGMENT2. */
5246 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5247 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5249 if (extra_length > 0)
5251 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5252 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5255 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5260 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5261 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5262 i < num_segments;
5263 i++, segment++)
5265 unsigned int section_count;
5266 asection **sections;
5267 asection *output_section;
5268 unsigned int isec;
5269 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5270 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5271 unsigned int j;
5272 bfd_size_type amt;
5273 asection *first_section;
5274 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5275 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5277 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5278 continue;
5280 first_section = NULL;
5281 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5282 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5283 section != NULL;
5284 section = section->next)
5286 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5287 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5288 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5290 if (first_section == NULL)
5291 first_section = section;
5292 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5293 ++section_count;
5297 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5298 all of the sections we have selected. */
5299 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5300 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5301 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5302 if (map == NULL)
5303 return FALSE;
5305 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5306 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5307 map->next = NULL;
5308 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5309 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5310 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5312 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5313 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5314 output segment. */
5315 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5317 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5318 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5321 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5322 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5323 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5324 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5325 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5327 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5329 map->includes_phdrs =
5330 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5331 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5332 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5333 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5335 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5336 phdr_included = TRUE;
5339 if (section_count == 0)
5341 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5342 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5343 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5344 a warning is produced. */
5345 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5346 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5347 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5348 ibfd);
5350 map->count = 0;
5351 *pointer_to_map = map;
5352 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5354 continue;
5357 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5358 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5359 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5360 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5362 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5363 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5364 input BFD.
5366 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5367 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5368 of the first section.
5370 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5371 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5372 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5373 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5374 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5376 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5377 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5378 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5379 or segments to contain the other sections.
5381 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5382 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5383 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5385 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5386 to work around this long long bug. */
5387 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5388 if (sections == NULL)
5389 return FALSE;
5391 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5392 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5393 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5394 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5395 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5396 more to do. */
5397 isec = 0;
5398 matching_lma = 0;
5399 suggested_lma = 0;
5400 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5401 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5403 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5404 section != NULL;
5405 section = section->next)
5406 if (section == first_section)
5407 break;
5409 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5411 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5413 output_section = section->output_section;
5415 sections[j++] = section;
5417 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5418 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5419 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5420 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5421 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5422 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5423 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5424 && isec == 0
5425 && output_section->lma != 0
5426 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5427 + (map->includes_filehdr
5428 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5429 : 0)
5430 + (map->includes_phdrs
5431 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5432 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5433 : 0)))
5434 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5436 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5437 LMA address of the output section. */
5438 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5439 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5440 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5441 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5443 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5445 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5446 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5449 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5450 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5451 segment. */
5452 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5454 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5456 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5457 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5460 if (j == section_count)
5461 break;
5465 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5467 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5468 if necessary. */
5469 if (isec == section_count)
5471 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5472 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5473 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5474 program header in the input BFD. */
5475 map->count = section_count;
5476 *pointer_to_map = map;
5477 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5479 if (!bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5480 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5481 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5482 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5483 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5484 segment's vma. */
5485 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5487 free (sections);
5488 continue;
5490 else
5492 if (!first_matching_lma)
5494 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5495 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5496 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5497 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5499 else
5501 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5502 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5503 the LMA of the first section. */
5504 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5507 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5508 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5509 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5510 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5512 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5514 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5516 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5517 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5518 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5519 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5520 offset when we know the correct value. */
5521 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5522 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5526 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5527 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5528 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5529 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5530 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5531 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5532 the loop. */
5533 isec = 0;
5536 map->count = 0;
5537 suggested_lma = 0;
5538 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5540 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5541 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5543 section = sections[j];
5545 if (section == NULL)
5546 continue;
5548 output_section = section->output_section;
5550 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5552 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5553 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5555 if (map->count == 0)
5557 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5558 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5559 wrong. */
5560 if (output_section->lma
5561 != (map->p_paddr
5562 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5563 + (map->includes_phdrs
5564 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5565 : 0)))
5566 abort ();
5568 else
5570 asection *prev_sec;
5572 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5574 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5575 and the start of this section is more than
5576 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5577 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5578 maxpagesize)
5579 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5580 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5581 > output_section->lma))
5583 if (first_suggested_lma)
5585 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5586 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5589 continue;
5593 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5594 ++isec;
5595 sections[j] = NULL;
5596 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5598 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5600 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5601 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5605 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5607 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5608 *pointer_to_map = map;
5609 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5611 if (isec < section_count)
5613 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5614 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5615 and carry on looping. */
5616 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5617 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5618 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5619 if (map == NULL)
5621 free (sections);
5622 return FALSE;
5625 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5626 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5627 not yet been assigned. */
5628 map->next = NULL;
5629 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5630 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5631 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5632 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5633 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5634 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5635 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5638 while (isec < section_count);
5640 free (sections);
5643 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5644 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5645 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5646 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5647 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5648 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5649 break;
5650 if (map == NULL)
5651 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5652 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5654 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5656 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5657 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5658 the offset if necessary. */
5659 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5661 unsigned int count;
5663 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5664 count++;
5666 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5667 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5668 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5671 #undef SEGMENT_END
5672 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5673 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5674 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5675 #undef IS_NOTE
5676 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5677 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5678 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5679 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5680 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5681 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5682 return TRUE;
5685 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5687 static bfd_boolean
5688 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5690 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5691 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5692 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5693 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5694 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5695 unsigned int i;
5696 unsigned int num_segments;
5697 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5699 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5701 map_first = NULL;
5702 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5704 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5705 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5706 i < num_segments;
5707 i++, segment++)
5709 asection *section;
5710 unsigned int section_count;
5711 bfd_size_type amt;
5712 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5713 asection *first_section = NULL;
5714 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5716 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5717 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5718 section != NULL;
5719 section = section->next)
5721 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5722 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5724 if (!first_section)
5725 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5726 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5727 lowest_section = section;
5728 section_count++;
5732 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5733 all of the sections we have selected. */
5734 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5735 if (section_count != 0)
5736 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5737 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5738 if (map == NULL)
5739 return FALSE;
5741 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5742 input segment. */
5743 map->next = NULL;
5744 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5745 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5746 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5747 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5748 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5749 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5750 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5751 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5753 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5754 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5756 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5757 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5758 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5759 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5760 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5761 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5764 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5765 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5766 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5767 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5769 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5770 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5772 map->includes_phdrs =
5773 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5774 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5775 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5776 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5778 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5779 phdr_included = TRUE;
5782 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5783 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5784 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5785 - segment->p_paddr);
5787 if (section_count != 0)
5789 unsigned int isec = 0;
5791 for (section = first_section;
5792 section != NULL;
5793 section = section->next)
5795 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5796 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5798 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5799 if (isec == section_count)
5800 break;
5805 map->count = section_count;
5806 *pointer_to_map = map;
5807 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5810 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5811 return TRUE;
5814 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5815 information. */
5817 static bfd_boolean
5818 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5820 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5821 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5822 return TRUE;
5824 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5825 return TRUE;
5827 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5829 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5830 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5831 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5832 asection *section, *osec;
5833 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5834 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5835 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5837 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5839 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5840 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5841 goto rewrite;
5843 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5844 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5845 section = section->next)
5846 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5848 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5849 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5850 i < num_segments;
5851 i++, segment++)
5853 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5854 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5855 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5856 map in this case. */
5857 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5858 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5859 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5860 goto rewrite;
5862 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5863 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5865 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5866 from the input BFD. */
5867 osec = section->output_section;
5868 if (osec)
5869 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5871 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5872 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5873 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5875 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5876 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5877 if (osec == NULL
5878 || section->flags != osec->flags
5879 || section->lma != osec->lma
5880 || section->vma != osec->vma
5881 || section->size != osec->size
5882 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5883 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5884 goto rewrite;
5889 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5890 input BFD. */
5891 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5892 section = section->next)
5894 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5895 goto rewrite;
5896 else
5897 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5900 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5903 rewrite:
5904 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5907 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5909 bfd_boolean
5910 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5911 asection *isec,
5912 bfd *obfd,
5913 asection *osec,
5914 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5917 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5918 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5920 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5921 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5922 return TRUE;
5924 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5925 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5926 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5927 section flags. */
5928 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5929 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5930 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5932 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5933 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5934 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5936 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5937 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5938 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5939 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5940 if (need_group)
5942 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5943 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5945 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5946 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5947 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5948 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5952 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5954 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5955 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5956 may be NULL at this point. */
5957 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5959 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5960 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5961 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5964 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5966 return TRUE;
5969 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5970 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5972 bfd_boolean
5973 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5974 asection *isec,
5975 bfd *obfd,
5976 asection *osec)
5978 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5980 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5981 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5982 return TRUE;
5984 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5985 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5987 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5989 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5990 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5991 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5992 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5993 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5995 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5996 NULL);
5999 /* Copy private header information. */
6001 bfd_boolean
6002 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6004 asection *isec;
6006 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6007 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6008 return TRUE;
6010 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6011 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6012 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6013 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6014 already been worked out. */
6015 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6017 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6018 return FALSE;
6021 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6022 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6023 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6024 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6025 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6027 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6028 asection *s = first;
6029 while (s != NULL)
6031 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6033 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6034 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6036 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6037 if (s == first)
6038 break;
6042 return TRUE;
6045 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6046 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6047 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6048 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6049 swap_out_syms function. */
6051 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6052 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6053 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6054 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6055 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6057 bfd_boolean
6058 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6059 asymbol *isymarg,
6060 bfd *obfd,
6061 asymbol *osymarg)
6063 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6065 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6066 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6067 return TRUE;
6069 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6070 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6072 if (isym != NULL
6073 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6074 && osym != NULL
6075 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6077 unsigned int shndx;
6079 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6080 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6081 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6082 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6083 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6084 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6085 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6086 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6087 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6088 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6089 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6090 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6093 return TRUE;
6096 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6098 static bfd_boolean
6099 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6100 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6101 int relocatable_p)
6103 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6104 int symcount;
6105 asymbol **syms;
6106 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6107 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6108 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6109 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6110 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6111 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6112 int idx;
6113 bfd_size_type amt;
6114 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6116 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6117 return FALSE;
6119 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6120 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6121 if (stt == NULL)
6122 return FALSE;
6124 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6125 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6126 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6127 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6128 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6129 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6130 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6131 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6133 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6134 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6136 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6137 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6139 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6140 return FALSE;
6142 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6144 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6145 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6146 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6148 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6149 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6150 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6151 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6153 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6154 return FALSE;
6157 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6158 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6159 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6160 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6161 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6164 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6166 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6167 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6168 sym.st_name = 0;
6169 sym.st_value = 0;
6170 sym.st_size = 0;
6171 sym.st_info = 0;
6172 sym.st_other = 0;
6173 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6174 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6175 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6176 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6177 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6180 name_local_sections
6181 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6182 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6184 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6185 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6187 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6188 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6189 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6190 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6191 int type;
6193 if (!name_local_sections
6194 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6196 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6197 sym.st_name = 0;
6199 else
6201 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6202 syms[idx]->name,
6203 TRUE, FALSE);
6204 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6206 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6207 return FALSE;
6211 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6213 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6214 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6216 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6217 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6218 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6219 sym.st_size = value;
6220 if (type_ptr == NULL
6221 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6222 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6223 else
6224 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6225 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6226 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6228 else
6230 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6231 int shndx;
6233 if (sec->output_section)
6235 value += sec->output_offset;
6236 sec = sec->output_section;
6239 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6240 if (! relocatable_p)
6241 value += sec->vma;
6242 sym.st_value = value;
6243 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6245 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6246 && type_ptr != NULL
6247 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6249 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6250 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6251 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6252 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6253 switch (shndx)
6255 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6256 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6257 break;
6258 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6259 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6260 break;
6261 case MAP_STRTAB:
6262 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6263 break;
6264 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6265 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6266 break;
6267 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6268 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6269 break;
6270 default:
6271 break;
6274 else
6276 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6278 if (shndx == -1)
6280 asection *sec2;
6282 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6283 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6284 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6285 demand of applications. For example, it
6286 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6287 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6288 actually in the output file. */
6289 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6290 if (sec2 == NULL)
6292 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6293 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6294 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6295 sec->name);
6296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6297 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6298 return FALSE;
6301 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6302 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6306 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6309 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6310 type = STT_TLS;
6311 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6312 type = STT_FUNC;
6313 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6314 type = STT_OBJECT;
6315 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6316 type = STT_RELC;
6317 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6318 type = STT_SRELC;
6319 else
6320 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6322 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6323 type = STT_TLS;
6325 /* Processor-specific types. */
6326 if (type_ptr != NULL
6327 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6328 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6329 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6331 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6333 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6334 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6335 else
6336 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6338 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6339 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL,
6340 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6341 type == STT_OBJECT ? STT_COMMON :
6342 #endif
6343 type);
6344 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6345 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6346 ? STB_WEAK
6347 : STB_GLOBAL),
6348 type);
6349 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6350 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6351 else
6353 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6355 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6356 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6357 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6358 bind = STB_WEAK;
6359 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6360 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6362 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6365 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6366 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6367 else
6368 sym.st_other = 0;
6370 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6371 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6372 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6373 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6376 *sttp = stt;
6377 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6378 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6380 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6381 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6382 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6383 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6384 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6385 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6387 return TRUE;
6390 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6392 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6393 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6394 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6396 long
6397 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6399 long symcount;
6400 long symtab_size;
6401 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6403 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6404 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6405 if (symcount > 0)
6406 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6408 return symtab_size;
6411 long
6412 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6414 long symcount;
6415 long symtab_size;
6416 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6418 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6420 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6421 return -1;
6424 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6425 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6426 if (symcount > 0)
6427 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6429 return symtab_size;
6432 long
6433 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6434 sec_ptr asect)
6436 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6439 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6441 long
6442 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6443 sec_ptr section,
6444 arelent **relptr,
6445 asymbol **symbols)
6447 arelent *tblptr;
6448 unsigned int i;
6449 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6451 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6452 return -1;
6454 tblptr = section->relocation;
6455 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6456 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6458 *relptr = NULL;
6460 return section->reloc_count;
6463 long
6464 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6466 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6467 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6469 if (symcount >= 0)
6470 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6471 return symcount;
6474 long
6475 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6476 asymbol **allocation)
6478 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6479 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6481 if (symcount >= 0)
6482 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6483 return symcount;
6486 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6487 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6488 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6489 dynamic reloc section. */
6491 long
6492 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6494 long ret;
6495 asection *s;
6497 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6499 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6500 return -1;
6503 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6504 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6505 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6506 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6507 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6508 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6509 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6510 * sizeof (arelent *));
6512 return ret;
6515 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6516 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6517 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6518 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6519 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6520 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6521 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6523 long
6524 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6525 arelent **storage,
6526 asymbol **syms)
6528 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6529 asection *s;
6530 long ret;
6532 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6534 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6535 return -1;
6538 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6539 ret = 0;
6540 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6542 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6543 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6544 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6545 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6547 arelent *p;
6548 long count, i;
6550 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6551 return -1;
6552 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6553 p = s->relocation;
6554 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6555 *storage++ = p++;
6556 ret += count;
6560 *storage = NULL;
6562 return ret;
6565 /* Read in the version information. */
6567 bfd_boolean
6568 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6570 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6571 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6573 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6575 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6576 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6577 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6578 unsigned int i;
6579 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6581 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6583 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6584 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6585 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6586 goto error_return;
6588 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6590 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6591 if (contents == NULL)
6593 error_return_verref:
6594 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6595 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6596 goto error_return;
6598 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6599 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6600 goto error_return_verref;
6602 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6603 goto error_return_verref;
6605 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6606 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6607 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6608 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6609 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6610 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6612 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6613 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6614 unsigned int j;
6616 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6618 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6620 iverneed->vn_filename =
6621 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6622 iverneed->vn_file);
6623 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6624 goto error_return_verref;
6626 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6627 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6628 else
6630 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6631 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6632 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6633 goto error_return_verref;
6636 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6637 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6638 goto error_return_verref;
6640 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6641 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6642 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6643 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6645 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6647 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6648 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6649 ivernaux->vna_name);
6650 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6651 goto error_return_verref;
6653 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6654 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6655 else
6656 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6658 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6659 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6660 goto error_return_verref;
6662 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6663 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6665 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6666 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6669 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6670 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6671 else
6672 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6674 if (iverneed->vn_next
6675 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6676 goto error_return_verref;
6678 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6679 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6682 free (contents);
6683 contents = NULL;
6686 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6688 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6689 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6690 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6691 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6692 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6693 unsigned int i;
6694 unsigned int maxidx;
6695 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6697 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6699 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6700 if (contents == NULL)
6701 goto error_return;
6702 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6703 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6704 goto error_return;
6706 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6707 goto error_return;
6709 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6710 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6711 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6712 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6713 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6714 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6716 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6717 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6718 the maximum. */
6719 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6720 maxidx = 0;
6721 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6723 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6725 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6726 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6728 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6729 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6730 goto error_return;
6732 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6733 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6736 if (default_imported_symver)
6738 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6739 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6740 else
6741 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6743 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6744 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6745 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6746 goto error_return;
6748 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6750 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6751 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6752 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6754 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6755 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6756 unsigned int j;
6758 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6760 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6762 error_return_verdef:
6763 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6764 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6765 goto error_return;
6768 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6769 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6771 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6773 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6774 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6775 else
6777 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6778 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6779 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6780 goto error_return_verdef;
6783 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6784 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6785 goto error_return_verdef;
6787 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6788 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6789 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6790 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6792 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6794 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6795 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6796 iverdaux->vda_name);
6797 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6798 goto error_return_verdef;
6800 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6801 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6802 else
6803 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6805 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6806 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6807 goto error_return_verdef;
6809 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6810 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6813 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6814 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6816 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6817 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6818 else
6819 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6821 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6822 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6825 free (contents);
6826 contents = NULL;
6828 else if (default_imported_symver)
6830 if (freeidx < 3)
6831 freeidx = 3;
6832 else
6833 freeidx++;
6835 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6836 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6837 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6838 goto error_return;
6840 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6843 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6844 if (default_imported_symver)
6846 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6847 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6849 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6851 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6852 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6853 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6854 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6856 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6858 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6859 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6860 goto error_return_verdef;
6861 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6862 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6863 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6864 goto error_return_verdef;
6866 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6867 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6868 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6871 return TRUE;
6873 error_return:
6874 if (contents != NULL)
6875 free (contents);
6876 return FALSE;
6879 asymbol *
6880 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6882 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6883 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6885 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6886 if (!newsym)
6887 return NULL;
6888 else
6890 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6891 return &newsym->symbol;
6895 void
6896 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6897 asymbol *symbol,
6898 symbol_info *ret)
6900 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6903 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6904 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6905 override it. */
6907 bfd_boolean
6908 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6909 const char *name)
6911 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6912 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6913 return TRUE;
6915 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6916 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6917 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6918 return TRUE;
6920 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6921 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6922 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6924 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6925 we treat such symbols as local. */
6926 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6927 return TRUE;
6929 return FALSE;
6932 alent *
6933 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6934 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6936 abort ();
6937 return NULL;
6940 bfd_boolean
6941 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6942 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6943 unsigned long machine)
6945 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6946 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6947 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6948 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6949 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6950 return FALSE;
6952 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6955 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6956 for error reporting. */
6958 static bfd_boolean
6959 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6960 asection *section,
6961 asymbol **symbols,
6962 bfd_vma offset,
6963 const char **filename_ptr,
6964 const char **functionname_ptr)
6966 const char *filename;
6967 asymbol *func, *file;
6968 bfd_vma low_func;
6969 asymbol **p;
6970 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6971 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6972 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6973 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6974 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6975 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6976 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6977 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6978 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6980 filename = NULL;
6981 func = NULL;
6982 file = NULL;
6983 low_func = 0;
6984 state = nothing_seen;
6986 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6988 elf_symbol_type *q;
6990 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6992 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6994 default:
6995 break;
6996 case STT_FILE:
6997 file = &q->symbol;
6998 if (state == symbol_seen)
6999 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7000 continue;
7001 case STT_NOTYPE:
7002 case STT_FUNC:
7003 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7004 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7005 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7007 func = (asymbol *) q;
7008 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7009 filename = NULL;
7010 if (file != NULL
7011 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7012 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7013 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7015 break;
7017 if (state == nothing_seen)
7018 state = symbol_seen;
7021 if (func == NULL)
7022 return FALSE;
7024 if (filename_ptr)
7025 *filename_ptr = filename;
7026 if (functionname_ptr)
7027 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7029 return TRUE;
7032 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7033 for error reporting. */
7035 bfd_boolean
7036 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7037 asection *section,
7038 asymbol **symbols,
7039 bfd_vma offset,
7040 const char **filename_ptr,
7041 const char **functionname_ptr,
7042 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7044 bfd_boolean found;
7046 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7047 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7048 line_ptr))
7050 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7051 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7052 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7053 functionname_ptr);
7055 return TRUE;
7058 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7059 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7060 line_ptr, 0,
7061 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7063 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7064 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7065 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7066 functionname_ptr);
7068 return TRUE;
7071 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7072 &found, filename_ptr,
7073 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7074 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7075 return FALSE;
7076 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7077 return TRUE;
7079 if (symbols == NULL)
7080 return FALSE;
7082 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7083 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7084 return FALSE;
7086 *line_ptr = 0;
7087 return TRUE;
7090 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7092 bfd_boolean
7093 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7094 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7096 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7097 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7098 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7101 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7102 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7103 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7104 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7105 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7107 bfd_boolean
7108 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7109 const char **filename_ptr,
7110 const char **functionname_ptr,
7111 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7113 bfd_boolean found;
7114 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7115 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7116 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7117 return found;
7121 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7123 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7124 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7126 if (!info->relocatable)
7128 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7130 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7132 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7134 phdr_size = 0;
7135 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7136 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7138 if (phdr_size == 0)
7139 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7142 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7143 ret += phdr_size;
7146 return ret;
7149 bfd_boolean
7150 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7151 sec_ptr section,
7152 const void *location,
7153 file_ptr offset,
7154 bfd_size_type count)
7156 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7157 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7159 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7160 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7161 return FALSE;
7163 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7164 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7165 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7166 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7167 return FALSE;
7169 return TRUE;
7172 void
7173 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7174 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7175 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7177 abort ();
7180 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7182 bfd_boolean
7183 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7185 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7187 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7189 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7190 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7192 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7193 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7195 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7197 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7199 case 8:
7200 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7201 break;
7202 case 12:
7203 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7204 break;
7205 case 16:
7206 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7207 break;
7208 case 24:
7209 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7210 break;
7211 case 32:
7212 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7213 break;
7214 case 64:
7215 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7216 break;
7217 default:
7218 goto fail;
7221 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7223 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7225 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7226 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7227 else
7228 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7231 else
7233 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7235 case 8:
7236 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7237 break;
7238 case 14:
7239 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7240 break;
7241 case 16:
7242 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7243 break;
7244 case 26:
7245 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7246 break;
7247 case 32:
7248 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7249 break;
7250 case 64:
7251 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7252 break;
7253 default:
7254 goto fail;
7257 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7260 if (howto)
7261 areloc->howto = howto;
7262 else
7263 goto fail;
7266 return TRUE;
7268 fail:
7269 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7270 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7271 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7273 return FALSE;
7276 bfd_boolean
7277 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7279 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7281 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7282 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7283 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7286 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7289 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7290 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7291 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7292 this reloc. */
7294 bfd_reloc_status_type
7295 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7296 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7297 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7298 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7299 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7301 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7304 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7305 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7306 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7307 out details about the corefile. */
7309 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7310 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7311 #endif
7313 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7315 static int
7316 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7318 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7319 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7322 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7323 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7324 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7325 overwrite it. */
7327 static bfd_boolean
7328 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7330 asection *sect2;
7332 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7333 return TRUE;
7335 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7336 if (sect2 == NULL)
7337 return FALSE;
7339 sect2->size = sect->size;
7340 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7341 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7342 return TRUE;
7345 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7346 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7347 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7348 such a section already exists.
7349 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7350 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7351 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7352 bfd_boolean
7353 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7354 char *name,
7355 size_t size,
7356 ufile_ptr filepos)
7358 char buf[100];
7359 char *threaded_name;
7360 size_t len;
7361 asection *sect;
7363 /* Build the section name. */
7365 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7366 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7367 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7368 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7369 return FALSE;
7370 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7372 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7373 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7374 if (sect == NULL)
7375 return FALSE;
7376 sect->size = size;
7377 sect->filepos = filepos;
7378 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7380 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7383 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7384 solaris 2.5+
7385 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7386 unixware 4.2
7389 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7391 static bfd_boolean
7392 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7394 size_t size;
7395 int offset;
7397 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7399 prstatus_t prstat;
7401 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7402 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7403 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7405 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7406 has already been set by another thread. */
7407 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7408 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7409 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7411 /* pr_who exists on:
7412 solaris 2.5+
7413 unixware 4.2
7414 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7415 linux 2.[01]
7417 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7418 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7419 #endif
7421 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7422 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7424 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7425 prstatus32_t prstat;
7427 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7428 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7429 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7431 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7432 has already been set by another thread. */
7433 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7434 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7435 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7437 /* pr_who exists on:
7438 solaris 2.5+
7439 unixware 4.2
7440 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7441 linux 2.[01]
7443 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7444 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7445 #endif
7447 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7448 else
7450 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7451 note size (ie. data object type). */
7452 return TRUE;
7455 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7456 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7457 size, note->descpos + offset);
7459 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7461 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7462 static bfd_boolean
7463 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7464 char *name,
7465 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7467 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7468 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7471 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7472 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7473 data structure apart. */
7475 static bfd_boolean
7476 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7478 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7481 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7482 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7483 literally. */
7485 static bfd_boolean
7486 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7488 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7491 static bfd_boolean
7492 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7494 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7498 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7499 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7500 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7501 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7502 #endif
7503 #endif
7505 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7506 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7507 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7508 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7509 #endif
7510 #endif
7512 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7513 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7514 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7516 char *
7517 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7519 char *dups;
7520 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7521 size_t len;
7523 if (end == NULL)
7524 len = max;
7525 else
7526 len = end - start;
7528 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7529 if (dups == NULL)
7530 return NULL;
7532 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7533 dups[len] = '\0';
7535 return dups;
7538 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7539 static bfd_boolean
7540 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7542 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7544 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7546 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7548 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7549 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7550 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7552 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7553 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7554 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7556 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7557 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7559 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7560 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7562 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7564 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7565 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7566 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7568 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7569 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7570 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7572 #endif
7574 else
7576 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7577 note size (ie. data object type). */
7578 return TRUE;
7581 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7582 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7583 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7586 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7587 int n = strlen (command);
7589 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7590 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7593 return TRUE;
7595 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7597 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7598 static bfd_boolean
7599 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7601 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7602 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7603 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7604 #endif
7607 pstatus_t pstat;
7609 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7611 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7613 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7614 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7616 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7617 pstatus32_t pstat;
7619 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7621 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7623 #endif
7624 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7625 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7626 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7628 return TRUE;
7630 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7632 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7633 static bfd_boolean
7634 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7636 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7637 char buf[100];
7638 char *name;
7639 size_t len;
7640 asection *sect;
7642 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7643 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7644 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7645 #endif
7647 return TRUE;
7649 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7651 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7652 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7654 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7656 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7657 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7658 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7659 if (name == NULL)
7660 return FALSE;
7661 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7663 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7664 if (sect == NULL)
7665 return FALSE;
7667 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7668 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7669 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7670 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7671 #endif
7673 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7674 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7675 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7676 #endif
7678 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7680 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7681 return FALSE;
7683 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7685 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7686 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7687 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7688 if (name == NULL)
7689 return FALSE;
7690 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7692 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7693 if (sect == NULL)
7694 return FALSE;
7696 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7697 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7698 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7699 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7700 #endif
7702 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7703 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7704 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7705 #endif
7707 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7709 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7711 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7713 static bfd_boolean
7714 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7716 char buf[30];
7717 char *name;
7718 size_t len;
7719 asection *sect;
7720 int type;
7721 int is_active_thread;
7722 bfd_vma base_addr;
7724 if (note->descsz < 728)
7725 return TRUE;
7727 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7728 return TRUE;
7730 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7732 switch (type)
7734 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7735 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7736 /* process_info.pid */
7737 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7738 /* process_info.signal */
7739 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7740 break;
7742 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7743 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7744 /* thread_info.tid */
7745 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7747 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7748 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7749 if (name == NULL)
7750 return FALSE;
7752 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7754 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7755 if (sect == NULL)
7756 return FALSE;
7758 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7759 sect->size = 716;
7760 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7761 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7762 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7764 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7765 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7767 if (is_active_thread)
7768 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7769 return FALSE;
7770 break;
7772 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7773 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7774 /* module_info.base_address */
7775 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7776 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr);
7778 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7779 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7780 if (name == NULL)
7781 return FALSE;
7783 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7785 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7787 if (sect == NULL)
7788 return FALSE;
7790 sect->size = note->descsz;
7791 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7792 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7793 break;
7795 default:
7796 return TRUE;
7799 return TRUE;
7802 static bfd_boolean
7803 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7805 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7807 switch (note->type)
7809 default:
7810 return TRUE;
7812 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7813 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7814 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7815 return TRUE;
7816 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7817 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7818 #else
7819 return TRUE;
7820 #endif
7822 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7823 case NT_PSTATUS:
7824 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7825 #endif
7827 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7828 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7829 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7830 #endif
7832 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7833 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7835 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7836 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7838 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7839 if (note->namesz == 6
7840 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7841 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7842 else
7843 return TRUE;
7845 case NT_PPC_VMX:
7846 if (note->namesz == 6
7847 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7848 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
7849 else
7850 return TRUE;
7852 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7853 case NT_PSINFO:
7854 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7855 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7856 return TRUE;
7857 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7858 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7859 #else
7860 return TRUE;
7861 #endif
7863 case NT_AUXV:
7865 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7866 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7868 if (sect == NULL)
7869 return FALSE;
7870 sect->size = note->descsz;
7871 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7872 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7874 return TRUE;
7879 static bfd_boolean
7880 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7882 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7883 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7884 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7885 return FALSE;
7887 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7889 return TRUE;
7892 static bfd_boolean
7893 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7895 switch (note->type)
7897 default:
7898 return TRUE;
7900 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7901 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7905 static bfd_boolean
7906 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7908 char *cp;
7910 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7911 if (cp != NULL)
7913 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7914 return TRUE;
7916 return FALSE;
7919 static bfd_boolean
7920 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7922 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7923 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7924 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7926 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7927 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7928 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7930 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7931 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7932 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7934 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7935 note);
7938 static bfd_boolean
7939 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7941 int lwp;
7943 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7944 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7946 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7948 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7949 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7950 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7951 creates a core file. */
7953 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7956 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7957 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7958 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7959 understand it. */
7961 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7962 return TRUE;
7965 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7967 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7968 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7970 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7971 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7972 switch (note->type)
7974 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7975 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7977 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7978 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7980 default:
7981 return TRUE;
7984 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7985 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7987 default:
7988 switch (note->type)
7990 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7991 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7993 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7994 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7996 default:
7997 return TRUE;
8000 /* NOTREACHED */
8003 static bfd_boolean
8004 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8006 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8007 char buf[100];
8008 char *name;
8009 asection *sect;
8010 short sig;
8011 unsigned flags;
8013 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8014 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8016 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8017 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8019 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8020 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8022 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8023 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8025 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8026 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8029 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8030 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8031 thread just in case. */
8032 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8033 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8035 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8036 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8038 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8039 if (name == NULL)
8040 return FALSE;
8041 strcpy (name, buf);
8043 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8044 if (sect == NULL)
8045 return FALSE;
8047 sect->size = note->descsz;
8048 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8049 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8051 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8054 static bfd_boolean
8055 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8056 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8057 long tid,
8058 char *base)
8060 char buf[100];
8061 char *name;
8062 asection *sect;
8064 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8065 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8067 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8068 if (name == NULL)
8069 return FALSE;
8070 strcpy (name, buf);
8072 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8073 if (sect == NULL)
8074 return FALSE;
8076 sect->size = note->descsz;
8077 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8078 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8080 /* This is the current thread. */
8081 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8082 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8084 return TRUE;
8087 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8088 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8089 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8090 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8092 static bfd_boolean
8093 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8095 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8096 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8097 function. */
8098 static long tid = 1;
8100 switch (note->type)
8102 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8103 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8104 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8105 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8106 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8107 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8108 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8109 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8110 default:
8111 return TRUE;
8115 static bfd_boolean
8116 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8118 char *name;
8119 asection *sect;
8120 size_t len;
8122 /* Use note name as section name. */
8123 len = note->namesz;
8124 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8125 if (name == NULL)
8126 return FALSE;
8127 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8128 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8130 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8131 if (sect == NULL)
8132 return FALSE;
8134 sect->size = note->descsz;
8135 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8136 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8138 return TRUE;
8141 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8143 Inputs:
8144 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8145 name of note
8146 type of note
8147 data for note
8148 size of data for note
8150 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8151 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8152 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8153 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8155 Return:
8156 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8158 char *
8159 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8160 char *buf,
8161 int *bufsiz,
8162 const char *name,
8163 int type,
8164 const void *input,
8165 int size)
8167 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8168 size_t namesz;
8169 size_t newspace;
8170 char *dest;
8172 namesz = 0;
8173 if (name != NULL)
8174 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8176 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8178 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8179 if (buf == NULL)
8180 return buf;
8181 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8182 *bufsiz += newspace;
8183 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8184 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8185 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8186 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8187 dest = xnp->name;
8188 if (name != NULL)
8190 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8191 dest += namesz;
8192 while (namesz & 3)
8194 *dest++ = '\0';
8195 ++namesz;
8198 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8199 dest += size;
8200 while (size & 3)
8202 *dest++ = '\0';
8203 ++size;
8205 return buf;
8208 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8209 char *
8210 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8211 char *buf,
8212 int *bufsiz,
8213 const char *fname,
8214 const char *psargs)
8216 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8217 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8219 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8221 char *ret;
8222 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8223 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8224 if (ret != NULL)
8225 return ret;
8228 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8229 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8231 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8232 psinfo32_t data;
8233 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8234 #else
8235 prpsinfo32_t data;
8236 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8237 #endif
8239 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8240 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8241 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8242 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8243 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8245 else
8246 #endif
8248 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8249 psinfo_t data;
8250 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8251 #else
8252 prpsinfo_t data;
8253 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8254 #endif
8256 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8257 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8258 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8259 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8260 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8263 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8265 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8266 char *
8267 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8268 char *buf,
8269 int *bufsiz,
8270 long pid,
8271 int cursig,
8272 const void *gregs)
8274 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8275 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8277 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8279 char *ret;
8280 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8281 NT_PRSTATUS,
8282 pid, cursig, gregs);
8283 if (ret != NULL)
8284 return ret;
8287 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8288 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8290 prstatus32_t prstat;
8292 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8293 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8294 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8295 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8297 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8299 else
8300 #endif
8302 prstatus_t prstat;
8304 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8305 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8306 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8307 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8308 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8309 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8312 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8314 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8315 char *
8316 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8317 char *buf,
8318 int *bufsiz,
8319 long pid,
8320 int cursig,
8321 const void *gregs)
8323 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8324 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8326 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8327 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8328 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8329 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8330 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8331 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8332 #if !defined(gregs)
8333 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8334 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8335 #else
8336 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8337 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8338 #endif
8339 #endif
8340 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8341 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8343 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8345 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8346 char *
8347 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8348 char *buf,
8349 int *bufsiz,
8350 long pid,
8351 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8352 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8354 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8355 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8356 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8358 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8360 pstatus32_t pstat;
8362 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8363 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8364 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8365 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8366 return buf;
8368 else
8369 #endif
8371 pstatus_t pstat;
8373 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8374 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8375 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8376 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8377 return buf;
8380 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8382 char *
8383 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8384 char *buf,
8385 int *bufsiz,
8386 const void *fpregs,
8387 int size)
8389 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8390 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8391 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8394 char *
8395 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8396 char *buf,
8397 int *bufsiz,
8398 const void *xfpregs,
8399 int size)
8401 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8402 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8403 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8406 char *
8407 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
8408 char *buf,
8409 int *bufsiz,
8410 const void *ppc_vmx,
8411 int size)
8413 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8414 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8415 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
8418 static bfd_boolean
8419 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8421 char *p;
8423 p = buf;
8424 while (p < buf + size)
8426 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8427 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8428 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8430 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8432 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8433 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8435 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8436 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8437 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8439 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8441 default:
8442 return TRUE;
8444 case bfd_core:
8445 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8447 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8448 return FALSE;
8450 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8452 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8453 return FALSE;
8455 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8457 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8458 return FALSE;
8460 else
8462 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8463 return FALSE;
8465 break;
8467 case bfd_object:
8468 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8470 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8471 return FALSE;
8473 break;
8476 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8479 return TRUE;
8482 static bfd_boolean
8483 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8485 char *buf;
8487 if (size <= 0)
8488 return TRUE;
8490 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8491 return FALSE;
8493 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8494 if (buf == NULL)
8495 return FALSE;
8497 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8498 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8500 free (buf);
8501 return FALSE;
8504 free (buf);
8505 return TRUE;
8508 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8510 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8511 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8512 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8514 long
8515 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8517 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8519 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8520 return -1;
8523 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8526 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8527 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8528 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8529 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8531 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8532 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8535 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8537 int num_phdrs;
8539 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8541 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8542 return -1;
8545 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8546 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8547 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8549 return num_phdrs;
8552 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8553 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8555 return reloc_class_normal;
8558 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8559 relocation against a local symbol. */
8561 bfd_vma
8562 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8563 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8564 asection **psec,
8565 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8567 asection *sec = *psec;
8568 bfd_vma relocation;
8570 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8571 + sec->output_offset
8572 + sym->st_value);
8573 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8574 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8575 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8577 rel->r_addend =
8578 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8579 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8580 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8581 if (sec != *psec)
8583 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8584 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8585 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8586 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8587 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8588 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8589 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8590 sec = *psec;
8592 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8593 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8595 return relocation;
8598 bfd_vma
8599 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8600 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8601 asection **psec,
8602 bfd_vma addend)
8604 asection *sec = *psec;
8606 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8607 return sym->st_value + addend;
8609 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8610 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8611 sym->st_value + addend);
8614 bfd_vma
8615 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8616 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8617 asection *sec,
8618 bfd_vma offset)
8620 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8622 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8623 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8624 offset);
8625 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8626 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8627 default:
8628 return offset;
8632 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8633 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8634 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8635 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8636 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8637 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8639 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8640 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8641 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8642 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8643 the remote memory. */
8645 bfd *
8646 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8647 (bfd *templ,
8648 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8649 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8650 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8652 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8653 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8656 long
8657 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8658 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8659 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8660 long dynsymcount,
8661 asymbol **dynsyms,
8662 asymbol **ret)
8664 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8665 asection *relplt;
8666 asymbol *s;
8667 const char *relplt_name;
8668 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8669 arelent *p;
8670 long count, i, n;
8671 size_t size;
8672 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8673 char *names;
8674 asection *plt;
8676 *ret = NULL;
8678 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8679 return 0;
8681 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8682 return 0;
8684 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8685 return 0;
8687 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8688 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8689 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8690 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8691 if (relplt == NULL)
8692 return 0;
8694 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8695 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8696 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8697 return 0;
8699 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8700 if (plt == NULL)
8701 return 0;
8703 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8704 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8705 return -1;
8707 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8708 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8709 p = relplt->relocation;
8710 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8711 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8713 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8714 if (s == NULL)
8715 return -1;
8717 names = (char *) (s + count);
8718 p = relplt->relocation;
8719 n = 0;
8720 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8722 size_t len;
8723 bfd_vma addr;
8725 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8726 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8727 continue;
8729 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8730 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8731 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8732 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8733 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8734 s->section = plt;
8735 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8736 s->name = names;
8737 s->udata.p = NULL;
8738 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8739 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8740 names += len;
8741 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8742 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8743 ++s, ++n;
8746 return n;
8749 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8750 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8751 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8752 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8754 void
8755 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8756 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8758 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8760 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8762 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8766 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8767 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8768 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8770 bfd_boolean
8771 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8773 return (type == STT_FUNC);